1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1222 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1224 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1229 struct command_line
*control
)
1231 counted_command_line cmd
;
1233 std::string new_arg
;
1235 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1237 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1238 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1241 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1242 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1250 if (control
!= NULL
)
1251 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (&str
[0],
1262 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1293 return simple_control
;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1301 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1305 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1321 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1323 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1324 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1332 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1341 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1343 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1366 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1372 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1377 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1383 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1387 const unsigned char *bp
;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1393 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1425 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1438 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1440 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1442 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1443 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1484 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1503 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1515 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1537 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1552 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1553 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1554 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1555 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1564 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1567 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1570 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1572 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value
*
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1581 struct value
*bit_val
;
1586 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1605 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1607 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1609 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1610 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1611 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1612 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1621 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1623 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1624 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1625 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1683 int within_current_scope
;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1693 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1700 within_current_scope
= 1;
1703 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1722 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1723 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1724 if (within_current_scope
)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1738 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1739 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1752 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1755 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution
)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1771 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1772 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1781 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1782 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1783 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1795 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1796 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1797 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1801 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1815 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1817 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1828 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1829 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1836 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1838 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1844 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1847 addr
= value_address (v
);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1875 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1890 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1892 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1896 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1913 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1931 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1933 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1966 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1967 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2077 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2080 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2081 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2105 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2113 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2117 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2118 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2119 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2120 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2121 one of them is true. */
2124 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2126 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2127 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2128 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2129 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2131 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2132 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2134 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2135 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2136 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2138 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2139 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2142 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2143 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2144 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2145 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2146 response back to GDB. */
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2190 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2196 for this location's address. */
2197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2201 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2202 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2203 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2206 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2207 to send the conditions to the target. */
2208 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2215 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2216 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2217 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2219 static agent_expr_up
2220 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2222 const char *cmdrest
;
2223 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2231 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2233 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2235 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2236 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2238 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2240 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2242 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2244 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2245 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2247 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2249 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2250 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2252 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2254 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2256 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2258 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2259 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2264 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2265 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2267 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2271 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2273 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2274 that may show up. */
2277 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2278 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2279 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2281 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2283 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2284 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2285 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2289 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2293 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2294 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2295 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2298 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2300 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2301 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2302 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2303 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2305 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2306 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2308 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2311 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2312 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2315 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2316 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2317 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2323 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2324 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2340 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2341 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2343 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2345 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2346 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2349 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2350 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2351 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2353 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2359 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2361 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2366 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2367 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2369 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2371 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2374 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2379 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2380 for this location's address. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2384 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2385 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2386 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2387 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2390 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2391 to send the commands to the target. */
2392 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2396 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2397 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2398 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2399 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2402 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2403 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2404 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2408 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2410 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2412 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2413 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2415 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2421 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2424 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2425 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2426 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2427 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2430 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2431 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2433 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2434 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2435 int *disabled_breaks
,
2436 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2437 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2439 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2441 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2444 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2445 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2446 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2447 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2448 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2449 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2450 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2451 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2452 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2453 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2454 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2455 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2457 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2458 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2459 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2460 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2462 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2464 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2465 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2466 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2467 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2470 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2473 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2475 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2476 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2477 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2479 Two important cases are:
2480 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2481 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2482 hardware breakpoint.
2483 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2484 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2485 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2488 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2489 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2490 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2491 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2493 struct mem_region
*mr
2494 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2498 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2500 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2502 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2503 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2505 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2507 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2509 static int said
= 0;
2511 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2514 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2515 _("Note: automatically using "
2516 "hardware breakpoints for "
2517 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2522 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2523 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2525 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2526 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2527 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2528 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2530 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2536 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2537 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2538 || bl
->section
== NULL
2539 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2541 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2546 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2548 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2550 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2563 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2564 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2566 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2570 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2572 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2573 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2574 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2576 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2581 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2582 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2583 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2584 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2585 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2588 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2590 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2596 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2598 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2599 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2603 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2604 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2606 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2611 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2613 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2615 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2623 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2624 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2629 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2631 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2634 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2635 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2636 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2637 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2638 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2639 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2640 errors as memory errors. */
2641 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2642 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2643 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2644 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2645 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2646 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2649 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2650 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2651 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2652 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2658 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2659 "library breakpoints:\n");
2661 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2663 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2670 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2671 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2673 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2675 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2676 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2677 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2682 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2685 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2686 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2688 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2689 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2691 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2695 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2696 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2711 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2712 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2713 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2714 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2718 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2719 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2721 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2723 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2724 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2725 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2727 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2729 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2730 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2734 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2735 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2739 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2740 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2747 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2748 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2751 /* Back to the original value. */
2752 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2756 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2759 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2763 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2764 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2766 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2769 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2773 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2774 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2776 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2781 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2782 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2783 so just return success. */
2790 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2791 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2795 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2797 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2798 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2800 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2803 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2807 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2808 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2811 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2813 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2816 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2817 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2819 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2820 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2822 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2828 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2829 removed locations above. */
2830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2833 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2834 Throws exception on any error.
2835 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2836 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2838 insert_breakpoints (void)
2840 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2845 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2847 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2850 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2851 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2852 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2853 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2856 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2859 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2865 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2869 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2870 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2871 always-inserted mode. */
2874 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2876 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2879 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2880 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2881 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2883 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2885 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2886 there was an error. */
2887 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2889 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2893 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2895 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2898 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2899 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2900 deletion of breakpoints. */
2901 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2904 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2906 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2907 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2908 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2909 insert breakpoints. */
2910 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2911 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2914 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2915 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2922 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2923 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2927 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2930 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2932 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2936 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2937 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2938 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2940 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2942 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2943 there was an error. */
2944 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2946 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2950 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2953 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2954 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2955 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2956 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2957 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2960 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2962 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2963 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2964 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2965 insert breakpoints. */
2966 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2967 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2970 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2971 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2976 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2977 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2980 int some_failed
= 0;
2981 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2983 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2989 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2992 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2993 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3000 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3002 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3004 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3005 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3006 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3014 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3015 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3016 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3018 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3019 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3021 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3022 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3026 /* Used when the program stops.
3027 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3028 removing a breakpoint location. */
3031 remove_breakpoints (void)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3038 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3039 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3044 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3048 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3050 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3054 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3056 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3058 printf_filtered (_("\
3059 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3060 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3062 /* Hide it from the user. */
3068 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3071 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3073 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3075 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3079 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3082 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3084 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3092 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3094 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3095 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3096 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3097 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3098 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3099 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3101 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3104 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3107 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3108 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3112 static struct breakpoint
*
3113 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3114 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3117 symtab_and_line sal
;
3119 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3120 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3122 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3123 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3124 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3129 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3131 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3133 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3135 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3136 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3138 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3139 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3141 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3142 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3144 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3145 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3147 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3149 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3151 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3152 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3154 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3155 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3157 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3158 int exception_searched
= 0;
3160 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3162 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3165 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3167 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3168 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3170 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3173 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3175 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3178 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3179 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3181 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3182 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3184 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3186 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3187 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3188 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3190 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3191 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3193 return bp_objfile_data
;
3197 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3200 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3202 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3206 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3208 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3209 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3211 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3213 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3214 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3216 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3218 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3220 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3225 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3227 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3228 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3230 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3231 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3234 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3237 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3238 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3240 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3241 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3242 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3243 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3245 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3247 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3248 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3252 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3253 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3259 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3261 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3263 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3265 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3267 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3269 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3271 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3274 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3275 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3277 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3279 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3281 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3283 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3284 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3288 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3291 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3293 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3294 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3298 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3302 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3304 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3306 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3308 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3311 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3324 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3326 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3327 const char *func_name
;
3329 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3331 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3334 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3335 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3337 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3339 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3340 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3342 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3343 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3346 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3349 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3350 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3351 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3352 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3353 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3354 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3355 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3361 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3363 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3365 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3366 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3368 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3370 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3372 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3375 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3377 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3379 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3380 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3381 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3383 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3385 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3388 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3390 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3392 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3393 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3394 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3396 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3397 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3400 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3403 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3404 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3405 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3406 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3407 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3408 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3409 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3410 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3415 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3418 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3420 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3421 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3423 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3427 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3429 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3431 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3433 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3434 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3436 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3437 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3441 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3444 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3446 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3447 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3451 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3452 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3455 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3457 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3459 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3463 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3464 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3465 bp_exception_master
,
3466 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3467 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3468 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3474 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3476 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3479 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3481 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3483 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3485 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3486 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3488 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3492 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3495 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3496 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
, target_stack
);
3497 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3498 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3499 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3500 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3501 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3502 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3506 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3509 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3511 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3515 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3517 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3518 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3520 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3521 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3522 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3523 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3524 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3525 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3526 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3527 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3529 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3530 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3534 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3537 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3538 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3540 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3544 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3545 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3547 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3551 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3552 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3553 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3554 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3555 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3557 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3561 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3562 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3564 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3568 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3569 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3571 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3575 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3577 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3578 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3579 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3581 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3585 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3587 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3588 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3589 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3590 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3594 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3595 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3596 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3597 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3598 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3599 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3601 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3602 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3603 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3604 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3605 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3606 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3607 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3609 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3610 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3611 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3612 let finish_command delete it.
3614 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3615 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3616 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3617 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3618 solib breakpoints.) */
3620 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3625 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3626 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3628 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3630 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3637 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3639 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3641 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3642 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3644 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3645 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3647 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3648 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3649 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3651 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3654 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3655 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3656 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3657 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3658 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3659 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3660 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3664 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3670 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3671 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3672 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3673 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3674 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3677 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3684 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3685 This should not ever happen. */
3686 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3688 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3689 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3691 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3692 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3693 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3695 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3696 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3697 || bl
->section
== NULL
3698 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3700 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3702 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3703 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3704 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3705 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3706 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3707 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3708 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3709 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3710 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3711 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3712 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3713 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3714 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3715 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3716 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3717 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3718 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3719 they should always be removed. */
3720 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3721 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3722 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3725 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3729 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3730 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3731 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3733 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3734 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3736 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3737 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3738 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3739 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3740 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3742 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3743 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3746 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3747 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3750 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3751 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3752 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3753 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3755 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3756 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3757 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3758 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3759 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3760 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3766 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3771 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3772 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3773 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3774 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3775 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3776 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3777 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3778 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3779 always-inserted mode. */
3781 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3782 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3783 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3784 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3790 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3792 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3794 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3795 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3797 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3798 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3800 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3801 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3802 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3805 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3806 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3809 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3810 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3812 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3816 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3823 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3825 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3826 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3828 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3829 This should not ever happen. */
3830 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3832 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3834 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3836 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3839 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3842 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3844 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3847 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3851 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3852 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3854 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3857 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3858 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3859 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3864 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3866 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3867 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3869 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3871 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3873 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3876 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3878 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3880 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3886 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3888 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3889 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3892 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3894 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3896 case bp_shlib_event
:
3898 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3899 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3900 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3901 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3902 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3904 (gdb) file prog-linux
3905 (gdb) run # native linux target
3908 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3909 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3912 case bp_step_resume
:
3914 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3916 case bp_single_step
:
3918 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3920 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3924 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3925 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3926 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3930 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3931 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3932 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3935 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3936 valid. New ones will be created in
3937 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3938 The next update_global_location_list call will
3939 garbage collect them. */
3942 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3944 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3945 insert_breakpoints. */
3946 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3957 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3958 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3959 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3960 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3963 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3964 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3965 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3966 match, not program space. */
3968 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3969 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3970 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3971 permanent breakpoint.
3972 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3973 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3974 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3975 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3976 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3978 enum breakpoint_here
3979 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3981 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3982 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3984 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3986 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3990 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3991 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3993 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3995 if (overlay_debugging
3996 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3997 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3998 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3999 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4000 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4002 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4006 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4009 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4012 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4013 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4015 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4017 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4019 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4020 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4023 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4025 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4028 if (overlay_debugging
4029 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4030 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4032 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4043 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4046 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4048 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4051 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4052 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4058 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4062 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4063 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4066 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4069 if (overlay_debugging
4070 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4071 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4072 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4079 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4082 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4084 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4088 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4090 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4091 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4094 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4100 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4104 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4107 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4111 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4113 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4116 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4126 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4129 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4133 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4135 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4138 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4146 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4147 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4149 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4155 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4156 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4159 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4162 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4163 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4167 /* Check for intersection. */
4168 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4169 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4178 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4182 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4184 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4187 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4190 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4192 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4193 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4196 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4197 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4200 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4217 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4219 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4220 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4221 commands (other
.commands
),
4222 print (other
.print
),
4224 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4226 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4227 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4228 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4231 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4232 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4235 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4239 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4244 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4246 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4249 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4259 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4262 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4267 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4269 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4278 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4280 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4282 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4284 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4286 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4291 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4300 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4301 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4302 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4303 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4305 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4306 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4308 Return 1 otherwise. */
4311 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4313 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4316 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4318 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4319 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4320 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4321 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4322 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4324 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4326 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4330 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4333 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4335 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4338 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4341 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4345 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4347 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4348 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4352 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4355 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4357 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4359 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4361 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4362 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4363 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4364 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4365 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4369 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4372 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4373 or its equivalent. */
4376 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4378 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4381 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4382 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4383 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4384 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4386 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4387 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4388 bpstat of the current thread. */
4391 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4396 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4398 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4401 scoped_restore save_executing
4402 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4404 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4406 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4409 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4410 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4412 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4414 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4416 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4417 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4418 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4419 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4420 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4421 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4422 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4423 the tree when we're done. */
4424 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4425 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4428 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4430 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4436 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4438 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4444 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4446 if (current_ui
->async
)
4447 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4448 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4449 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4452 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4453 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4454 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4455 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4456 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4457 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4458 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4459 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4460 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4461 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4462 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4463 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4464 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4473 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4475 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4477 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4478 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4479 && target_has_execution
4480 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4481 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4482 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4483 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4484 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4485 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4486 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4489 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4492 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4495 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4498 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4501 struct value_print_options opts
;
4502 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4503 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4507 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4508 debugging multiple threads. */
4511 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4513 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4518 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4521 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4523 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4524 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4526 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4529 uiout
->text (" \"");
4530 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4534 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4538 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4539 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4540 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4541 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4544 static enum print_stop_action
4545 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4547 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4550 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4551 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4555 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4556 relevant messages. */
4557 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4560 case print_it_normal
:
4562 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4564 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4565 which has since been deleted. */
4567 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4569 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4570 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4575 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4576 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4581 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4584 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4586 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4588 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4592 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4593 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4595 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4596 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4599 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4600 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4601 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4605 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4606 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4607 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4609 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4612 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4613 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4614 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4620 struct so_list
*iter
;
4623 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4624 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4626 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4631 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4632 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4633 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4638 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4639 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4640 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4641 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4642 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4643 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4644 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4647 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4648 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4649 code to print the location. An example is
4650 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4652 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4653 to also print the location part of the message.
4654 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4655 don't require a location appended to the end.
4656 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4657 further info to be printed. */
4659 enum print_stop_action
4660 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4662 enum print_stop_action val
;
4664 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4665 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4666 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4667 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4668 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4670 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4671 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4672 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4673 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4677 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4678 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4679 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4680 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4682 print_solib_event (0);
4683 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4686 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4687 with and nothing was printed. */
4688 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4691 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4694 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4696 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4697 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4699 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4703 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4705 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4707 bp_location_at (bl
),
4708 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4712 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4714 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4715 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4716 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4721 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4722 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4726 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4730 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4731 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4734 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4736 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4740 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4742 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4743 as not triggered. */
4745 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4747 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4749 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4755 if (!target_stopped_data_address (target_stack
, &addr
))
4757 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4758 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4762 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4764 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4770 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4771 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4775 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4777 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4778 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4780 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4781 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4783 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4785 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4786 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4788 if (newaddr
== start
)
4790 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4794 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4795 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (target_stack
,
4799 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4808 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4809 enum wp_check_result
4811 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4814 /* The value has changed. */
4815 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4817 /* The value has not changed. */
4818 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4820 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4824 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4825 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4827 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4830 static wp_check_result
4831 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4833 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4834 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4835 int within_current_scope
;
4837 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4838 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4839 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4841 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4842 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4843 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4844 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4847 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4848 within_current_scope
= 1;
4851 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4852 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4853 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4855 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4856 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4857 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4858 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4859 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4860 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4861 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4862 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4863 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4864 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4867 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4868 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4870 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4871 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4872 if (within_current_scope
)
4874 struct symbol
*function
;
4876 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4877 if (function
== NULL
4878 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4879 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4880 within_current_scope
= 0;
4883 if (within_current_scope
)
4884 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4885 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4890 if (within_current_scope
)
4892 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4893 time before we return to the command level and call
4894 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4895 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4899 struct value
*new_val
;
4901 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4902 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4903 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4904 a mask watchpoint. */
4905 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4907 mark
= value_mark ();
4908 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4910 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4911 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4913 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4914 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4915 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4916 not what we want. */
4917 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4918 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4921 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4922 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4924 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4925 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4926 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4930 /* Nothing changed. */
4931 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4932 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4937 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4938 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4939 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4940 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4941 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4942 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4943 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4944 the first value assigned). */
4945 /* We print all the stop information in
4946 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4947 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4948 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4951 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4953 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4955 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4957 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4958 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4959 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4960 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4961 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4964 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4966 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4972 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4973 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4974 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4977 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4978 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4979 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4981 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4983 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4984 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4986 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4989 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4990 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4993 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4995 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4996 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4998 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4999 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5000 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5001 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5002 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5005 int must_check_value
= 0;
5007 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5008 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5010 must_check_value
= 1;
5011 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5012 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5013 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5015 must_check_value
= 1;
5016 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5017 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5018 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5019 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5020 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5021 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5022 must_check_value
= 1;
5024 if (must_check_value
)
5030 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5032 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5034 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5035 "Error evaluating expression "
5036 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5039 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5041 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5044 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5052 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5053 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5057 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5060 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5061 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5063 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5065 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5066 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5067 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5068 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5069 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5070 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5071 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5074 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5075 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5078 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5079 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5080 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5081 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5083 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5084 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5085 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5088 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5089 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5090 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5091 changes. This still gives false positives when
5092 the program writes the same value to memory as
5093 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5094 it for a read), but it's much better than
5097 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5099 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5101 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5104 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5105 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5107 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5108 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5110 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5111 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5113 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5119 if (other_write_watchpoint
5120 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5122 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5123 and the value changed since the last time we
5124 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5126 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5131 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5132 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5133 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5135 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5136 the value hasn't changed. */
5137 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5147 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5149 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5150 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5151 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5152 anything for this watchpoint. */
5153 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5159 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5160 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5161 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5162 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5165 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5167 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5168 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5170 bool condition_result
= true;
5171 struct expression
*cond
;
5173 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5175 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5176 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5177 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5178 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5179 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5181 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5182 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5183 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5185 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5186 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5192 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5193 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5195 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5196 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5203 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5205 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5207 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5209 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5211 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5214 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5216 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5218 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5219 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5221 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5222 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5223 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5224 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5226 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5228 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5229 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5233 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5234 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5235 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5236 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5237 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5239 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5240 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5243 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5245 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5246 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5247 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5248 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5249 really matter which instantiation of the function
5250 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5251 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5252 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5253 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5254 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5255 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5256 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5257 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5259 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5261 select_frame (frame
);
5263 within_current_scope
= 0;
5265 if (within_current_scope
)
5269 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5271 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5273 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5274 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5280 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5281 "in the current scope"));
5282 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5283 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5285 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5286 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5289 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5293 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5297 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5299 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5303 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5304 on the current target. */
5307 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5309 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5310 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5311 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5312 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5316 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5317 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5319 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5320 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5323 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5325 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5327 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5328 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5329 several reasons concurrently.)
5331 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5332 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5335 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5336 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5337 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5339 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5340 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5341 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5342 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5343 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5344 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5347 int need_remove_insert
;
5350 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5351 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5352 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5353 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5354 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5355 inferior function calls. */
5359 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5362 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5364 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5365 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5366 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5367 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5368 checked all locations already. */
5369 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5372 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5375 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5378 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5381 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5384 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5385 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5386 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5390 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5391 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5392 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5394 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5396 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5398 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5403 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5404 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5405 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5407 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5409 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5410 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5412 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5413 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5416 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5421 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5422 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5423 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5425 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5427 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5429 handle_solib_event ();
5434 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5435 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5436 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5440 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5445 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5446 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5449 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5454 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5456 /* We will stop here. */
5457 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5459 --(b
->enable_count
);
5460 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5461 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5466 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5467 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5468 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5471 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5476 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5478 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5479 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5482 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5483 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5484 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5486 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5487 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5488 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5490 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5491 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5493 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5495 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5496 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5499 if (need_remove_insert
)
5500 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5501 else if (removed_any
)
5502 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5508 handle_jit_event (void)
5510 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5511 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5514 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5516 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5517 breakpoint_re_set. */
5518 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5520 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5521 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5523 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5525 target_terminal::inferior ();
5528 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5530 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5533 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5535 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5538 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5539 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5540 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5542 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5544 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5545 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5546 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5549 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5551 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5552 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5556 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5563 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5564 case bp_single_step
:
5567 case bp_shlib_event
:
5571 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5573 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5579 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5580 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5581 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5585 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5587 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5591 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5592 This requires no further action. */
5596 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5601 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5604 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5606 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5607 case bp_exception_resume
:
5610 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5611 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5614 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5616 case bp_step_resume
:
5618 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5621 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5622 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5625 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5627 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5630 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5634 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5635 case bp_thread_event
:
5636 case bp_overlay_event
:
5637 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5638 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5639 case bp_exception_master
:
5640 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5646 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5652 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5653 This requires no further action. */
5657 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5660 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5661 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5662 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5663 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5665 case bp_std_terminate
:
5666 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5667 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5668 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5669 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5672 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5673 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5674 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5675 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5677 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5678 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5681 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5682 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5684 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5685 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5686 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5687 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5692 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5694 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5698 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5699 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5702 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5709 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5713 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5715 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5722 handle_jit_event ();
5724 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5725 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5727 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5728 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5734 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5735 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5736 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5739 bpstat_should_step (void)
5741 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5744 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5750 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5752 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5761 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5762 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5763 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5766 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5768 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5769 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5773 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5775 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5777 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5778 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5779 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5784 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5790 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5791 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5793 "host": Host evals condition.
5794 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5795 "target": Target evals condition.
5799 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5801 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5802 char host_evals
= 0;
5803 char target_evals
= 0;
5808 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5811 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5812 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5813 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5815 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5817 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5823 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5824 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5825 else if (target_evals
)
5826 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5828 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5831 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5832 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5835 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5837 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5840 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5841 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5842 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5844 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5845 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5847 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5850 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5853 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5854 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5858 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5860 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5864 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5866 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5867 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5868 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5870 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5873 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5877 uiout
->text ("in ");
5878 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5880 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5881 uiout
->text ("at ");
5883 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5884 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5887 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5888 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5890 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5896 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5898 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5902 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5903 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5904 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5905 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5906 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5907 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5909 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5913 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5917 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5918 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5919 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5922 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5923 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5929 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5931 struct ep_type_description
5934 const char *description
;
5936 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5938 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5939 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5940 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5941 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5942 {bp_until
, "until"},
5943 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5944 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5945 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5947 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5948 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5949 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5950 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5951 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5952 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5953 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5954 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5955 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5956 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5957 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5958 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5959 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5960 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5961 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5962 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5963 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5964 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5965 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5966 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5967 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5968 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5969 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5970 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5971 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5974 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5975 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5976 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5977 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5980 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5983 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5984 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5987 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5988 const char *field_name
,
5989 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5992 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5994 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5995 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5996 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5999 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6001 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6007 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6008 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6013 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6017 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6022 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6025 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6026 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6028 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6031 struct command_line
*l
;
6032 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6034 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6035 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6036 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6037 struct value_print_options opts
;
6039 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6041 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6042 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6043 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6046 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6047 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6055 if (part_of_multiple
)
6058 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6059 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6064 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6069 if (part_of_multiple
)
6070 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6072 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6076 if (part_of_multiple
)
6077 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6079 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6084 if (part_of_multiple
)
6085 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6087 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6092 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6094 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6095 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6096 make sure there's just one location. */
6097 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6098 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6104 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6105 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6109 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6110 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6111 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6113 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6115 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6116 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6117 is relatively readable). */
6118 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6119 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6121 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6126 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6127 case bp_single_step
:
6131 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6132 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6134 case bp_exception_resume
:
6135 case bp_step_resume
:
6136 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6137 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6139 case bp_std_terminate
:
6140 case bp_shlib_event
:
6141 case bp_thread_event
:
6142 case bp_overlay_event
:
6143 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6144 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6145 case bp_exception_master
:
6147 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6148 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6151 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6152 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6153 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6156 if (header_of_multiple
)
6157 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6158 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6159 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6161 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6162 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6165 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6166 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6173 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6175 struct inferior
*inf
;
6176 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6181 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6182 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6185 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6186 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6188 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6189 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6190 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6191 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6192 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6193 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6195 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6198 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6200 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6202 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6203 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6204 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6205 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6207 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6209 uiout
->text (" task ");
6210 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6216 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6217 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6219 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6222 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6223 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6225 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6226 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6230 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6233 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6234 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6236 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6237 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6239 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6240 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6241 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6242 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6243 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6246 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6247 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6248 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6253 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6255 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6256 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6257 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6258 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6261 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6263 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6268 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6272 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6273 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6274 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6275 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6276 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6278 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6279 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6280 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6281 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6282 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6284 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6288 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6289 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6290 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6294 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6297 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6298 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6299 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6302 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6303 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6304 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6305 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6308 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6309 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6310 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6311 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6312 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6314 uiout
->text ("next ");
6315 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6316 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6319 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6321 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6323 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6325 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6326 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6327 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6331 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6332 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6335 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6336 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6339 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6341 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6343 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6345 annotate_field (10);
6346 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6347 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6348 uiout
->text (" \n");
6351 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6353 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6355 annotate_field (11);
6357 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6358 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6359 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6365 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6366 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6371 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6373 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6375 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6377 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6379 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6380 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6381 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6382 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6387 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6388 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6391 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6394 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6396 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6399 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6400 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6401 locations, if any. */
6402 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6404 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6405 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6406 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6409 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6410 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6412 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6413 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6415 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6418 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6420 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6421 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6428 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6430 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6431 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6433 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6434 address to print. */
6435 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6438 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6442 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6443 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6444 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6447 return print_address_bits
;
6450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6453 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6455 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6456 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6459 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6460 internal or momentary. */
6463 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6465 return b
->number
> 0;
6468 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6471 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6473 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6476 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6477 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6478 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6479 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6480 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6481 breakpoints listed. */
6484 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6485 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6487 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6488 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6489 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6490 struct value_print_options opts
;
6491 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6492 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6493 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6495 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6497 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6498 required for address fields. */
6499 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6502 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6503 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6506 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6507 accept. Skip the others. */
6508 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6510 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6512 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6516 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6518 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6520 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6521 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6522 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6524 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6525 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6526 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6528 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6533 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6534 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6535 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6539 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6540 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6542 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6543 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6545 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6546 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6548 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6549 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6551 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6552 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6554 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6556 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6557 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6559 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6563 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6564 uiout
->table_body ();
6565 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6566 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6571 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6572 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6575 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6576 accept. Skip the others. */
6578 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6580 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6582 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6585 else /* all others */
6587 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6591 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6593 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6594 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6598 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6600 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6604 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6605 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6607 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6613 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6614 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6617 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6618 there have been breakpoints? */
6619 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6621 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6624 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6625 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6628 default_collect_info (void)
6630 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6632 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6633 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6635 if (!*default_collect
)
6638 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6640 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6641 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6642 uiout
->text (" \n");
6646 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6648 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6650 default_collect_info ();
6654 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6656 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6657 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6659 if (num_printed
== 0)
6661 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6662 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6664 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6669 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6671 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6673 default_collect_info ();
6677 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6678 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6679 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6681 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6683 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6685 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6686 && bl
->address
== pc
6687 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6693 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6694 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6698 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6699 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6700 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6703 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6706 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6707 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6711 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6712 else /* if (others == ???) */
6713 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6715 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6718 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6719 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6720 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6721 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6722 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6723 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6724 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6725 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6729 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6731 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6732 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6733 printf_filtered (".\n");
6738 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6739 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6740 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6741 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6743 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6744 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6745 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6746 breakpoint location at address zero:
6754 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6756 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6758 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6761 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6762 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6765 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6766 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6768 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6769 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6771 /* Both of them must exist. */
6772 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6773 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6775 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6776 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6777 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6778 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6779 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6780 other watchpoint. */
6782 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6784 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6785 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6787 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6789 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6790 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6793 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6794 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6795 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6796 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6797 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6798 become hw_access locations later. */
6799 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6800 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6801 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6802 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6805 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6808 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6809 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6811 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6812 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6816 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6817 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6818 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6819 space doesn't really matter. */
6822 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6824 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6827 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6828 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6829 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6832 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6833 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6834 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6835 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6838 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6839 const address_space
*aspace
,
6842 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6845 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6846 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6850 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6851 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6852 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6853 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6854 doesn't really matter. */
6857 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6858 const address_space
*aspace
,
6859 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6861 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6862 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6864 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6866 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6872 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6873 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6874 true, otherwise returns false. */
6877 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6878 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6880 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6881 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6882 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6883 different locations. */
6884 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6889 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6890 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6891 represent the same location. */
6894 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6895 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6897 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6899 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6900 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6901 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6903 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6904 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6906 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6909 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6910 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6911 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6913 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6914 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6915 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6916 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6920 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6921 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6923 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6924 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6928 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6929 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6931 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6932 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6934 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6937 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6938 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6939 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6940 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6943 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6944 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6946 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6947 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6948 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6949 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6950 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6952 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6953 have their addresses modified. */
6956 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6958 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6959 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6960 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6961 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6962 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6963 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6968 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6970 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6972 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6973 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6974 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6977 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6979 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6980 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6982 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6983 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6985 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6989 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6991 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6993 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6997 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6998 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7001 switch (owner
->type
)
7004 case bp_single_step
:
7008 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7009 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7011 case bp_exception_resume
:
7012 case bp_step_resume
:
7013 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7014 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7016 case bp_std_terminate
:
7017 case bp_shlib_event
:
7018 case bp_thread_event
:
7019 case bp_overlay_event
:
7021 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7022 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7023 case bp_exception_master
:
7024 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7025 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7027 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7028 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7030 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7031 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7032 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7034 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7035 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7036 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7037 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7042 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7043 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7044 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7047 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7053 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7055 static struct bp_location
*
7056 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7058 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7062 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7064 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7068 /* Increment reference count. */
7071 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7076 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7077 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7080 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7082 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7084 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7085 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7089 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7092 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7094 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7095 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7097 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7098 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7100 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7102 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7107 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7113 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7116 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7117 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7119 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7121 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7125 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7126 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7127 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7128 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7131 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7132 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7134 static struct breakpoint
*
7135 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7139 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7141 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7142 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7145 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7146 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7150 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7152 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7154 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7155 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7156 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7158 const char *function_name
;
7160 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7161 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7162 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7165 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7167 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7169 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7170 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7172 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7173 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7174 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7175 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7177 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7181 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7184 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7188 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7190 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7193 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7195 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7200 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7201 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7202 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7204 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7205 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7206 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7209 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7210 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7211 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7215 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7217 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7218 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7220 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7221 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7223 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7224 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7227 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7228 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7229 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7230 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7231 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7232 is also returned as the value of this function.
7234 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7235 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7236 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7237 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7238 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7239 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7240 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7243 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7244 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7245 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7247 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7249 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7250 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7253 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7254 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7255 initiated the operation. */
7258 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7260 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7261 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7263 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7264 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7265 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7266 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7268 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7269 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7270 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7272 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7273 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7275 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7276 after their removal. */
7277 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7278 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7279 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7282 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7285 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7287 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7292 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7294 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7295 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7300 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7305 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7307 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7308 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7312 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7313 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7314 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7318 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7320 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7323 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7325 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7327 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7328 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7330 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7332 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7334 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7337 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7338 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7339 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7340 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7346 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7347 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7350 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7351 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7355 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7357 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7360 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7362 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7364 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7365 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7366 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7367 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7370 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7372 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7374 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7375 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7376 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7383 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7388 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7390 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7391 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7392 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7397 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7402 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7404 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7406 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7410 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7411 master breakpoint. */
7413 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7415 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7418 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7419 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7421 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7422 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7426 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7428 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7430 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7432 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7433 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7438 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7440 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7442 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7443 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7445 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7446 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7447 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7449 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7454 struct lang_and_radix
7460 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7463 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7465 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7466 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7469 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7472 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7477 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7478 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7483 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7485 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7488 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7489 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7490 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7493 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7496 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7498 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7501 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7502 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7503 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7506 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7507 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7508 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7510 static struct breakpoint
*
7511 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7512 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7514 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7516 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7517 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7518 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7523 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7525 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7528 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7531 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7535 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7537 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7538 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7540 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7546 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7547 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7550 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7552 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7554 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7556 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7557 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7559 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7560 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7561 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7562 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7563 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7564 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7565 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7566 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7567 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7568 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7569 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7570 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7573 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7578 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7579 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7580 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7583 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7585 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7586 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7588 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7590 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7593 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7594 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7595 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7596 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7597 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7598 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7599 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7600 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7601 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7603 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7604 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7605 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7606 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7609 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7610 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7612 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7614 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7615 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7616 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7619 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7624 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7625 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7626 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7629 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7631 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7633 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7636 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7637 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7638 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7639 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7640 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7641 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7642 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7643 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7644 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7645 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7647 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7648 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7654 int bp_modified
= 0;
7656 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7659 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7661 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7663 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7664 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7667 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7670 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7673 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7674 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7677 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7679 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7680 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7681 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7682 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7683 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7686 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7693 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7697 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7699 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7700 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7701 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7703 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7705 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7706 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7707 catchpoint has triggered. */
7708 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7711 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7715 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7717 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7720 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7724 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7726 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7729 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7733 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7734 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7735 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7737 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7739 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7742 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7746 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7749 static enum print_stop_action
7750 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7752 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7753 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7754 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7756 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7757 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7758 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7759 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7761 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7762 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7764 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7765 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7767 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7768 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7769 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7770 uiout
->text ("), ");
7771 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7774 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7778 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7780 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7781 struct value_print_options opts
;
7782 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7786 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7787 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7789 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7790 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7792 uiout
->text ("fork");
7793 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7795 uiout
->text (", process ");
7796 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7800 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7801 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7804 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7808 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7810 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7813 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7817 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7820 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7825 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7827 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7831 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7833 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7836 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7840 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7842 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7845 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7849 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7850 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7851 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7853 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7855 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7858 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7862 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7865 static enum print_stop_action
7866 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7868 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7869 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7870 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7872 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7873 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7874 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7875 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7877 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7878 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7880 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7881 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7883 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7884 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7885 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7886 uiout
->text ("), ");
7887 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7890 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7894 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7896 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7897 struct value_print_options opts
;
7898 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7900 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7901 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7902 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7904 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7905 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7907 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7908 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7910 uiout
->text (", process ");
7911 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7915 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7916 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7919 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7923 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7925 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7928 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7932 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7935 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7938 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7940 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7942 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7943 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7944 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7946 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7948 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7950 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7951 unsigned char is_load
;
7953 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7954 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7956 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7959 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7961 xfree (this->regex
);
7965 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7971 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7977 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7978 const address_space
*aspace
,
7980 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7982 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7983 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7985 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7990 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7992 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7995 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7998 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8001 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8003 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8012 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8014 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8015 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8019 struct so_list
*iter
;
8022 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8027 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8033 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8036 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8042 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8045 static enum print_stop_action
8046 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8048 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8049 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8051 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8052 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8053 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8054 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8056 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8057 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8059 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8060 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8061 print_solib_event (1);
8062 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8066 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8069 struct value_print_options opts
;
8070 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8073 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8075 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8077 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8080 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8087 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8089 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8094 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8096 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8098 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8101 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8102 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8106 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8108 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8110 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8111 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8115 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8117 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8120 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8121 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8124 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8127 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8129 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8130 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8131 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8132 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8133 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8134 created in an enabled state. */
8137 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8139 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8143 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8145 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8149 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8150 _("Invalid regexp")));
8151 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8154 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8155 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8156 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8158 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8160 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8163 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8167 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8168 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8171 const int enabled
= 1;
8173 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8175 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8179 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8180 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8182 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8186 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8187 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8189 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8192 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8193 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8194 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8195 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8198 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8199 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8200 const char *cond_string
,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8203 symtab_and_line sal
;
8204 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8206 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8208 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8209 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8213 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8215 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8216 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8217 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8218 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8221 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8224 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8228 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8229 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8230 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8232 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8234 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8236 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8238 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8241 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8243 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8244 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8245 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8247 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8249 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8251 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8252 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8254 char *exec_pathname
;
8257 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8259 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8261 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8265 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8267 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8271 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8273 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8277 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8278 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8279 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8281 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8283 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8286 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8290 static enum print_stop_action
8291 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8293 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8294 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8295 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8297 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8298 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8299 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8300 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8302 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8303 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8305 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8306 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8308 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8309 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8310 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8311 uiout
->text ("), ");
8313 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8317 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8319 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8320 struct value_print_options opts
;
8321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8323 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8325 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8326 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8327 is relatively readable). */
8328 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8329 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8331 uiout
->text ("exec");
8332 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8334 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8335 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8336 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8339 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8340 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8344 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8346 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8349 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8353 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8355 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8356 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8359 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8362 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8365 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8366 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8370 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8371 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8373 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8375 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8382 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8386 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8389 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8391 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8394 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8396 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8398 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8404 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8405 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8406 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8407 types _not_ TYPE. */
8410 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8411 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8416 *other_type_used
= 0;
8421 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8424 if (b
->type
== type
)
8425 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8426 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8427 *other_type_used
= 1;
8434 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8436 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8440 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8442 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8449 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8455 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8457 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8458 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8464 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8466 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8471 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8473 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8474 breakpoint_re_set ();
8477 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8480 static struct breakpoint
*
8481 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8483 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8485 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8486 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8488 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8489 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8492 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8494 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8497 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8498 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8502 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8503 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8507 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8509 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8511 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8512 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8513 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8514 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8516 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8517 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8519 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8520 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8522 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8524 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8527 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8528 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8529 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8531 static struct breakpoint
*
8532 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8534 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8537 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8539 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8540 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8541 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8543 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8544 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8545 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8546 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8547 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8548 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8549 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8550 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8551 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8552 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8553 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8554 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8556 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8557 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8558 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8560 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8564 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8568 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8570 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8574 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8578 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8581 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8583 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8585 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8586 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8588 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8592 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8595 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8597 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8598 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8602 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8604 static struct bp_location
*
8605 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8606 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8608 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8609 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8610 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8612 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8613 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8615 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8616 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8617 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8618 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8619 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8620 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8621 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8624 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8625 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8626 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8627 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8632 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8633 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8634 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8635 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8636 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8637 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8638 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8639 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8640 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8641 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8642 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8643 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8644 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8646 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8647 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8649 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8650 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8651 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8652 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8653 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8654 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8655 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8656 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8657 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8658 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8659 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8660 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8662 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8669 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8672 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8676 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8677 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8680 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8682 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8686 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8688 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8689 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8690 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8691 scoped_restore restore_memory
8692 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8694 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8695 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8701 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8702 return 0 otherwise. */
8705 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8707 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8709 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8710 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8711 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8713 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8716 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8717 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8718 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8721 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8722 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8725 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8727 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8728 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8733 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8735 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8737 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8739 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8741 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8742 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8744 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8745 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8746 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8748 if (!dprintf_function
)
8749 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8751 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8752 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8757 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8761 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8763 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8764 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8767 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8768 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8772 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8773 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8775 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8777 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8778 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8779 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8780 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8781 command_lines_deleter ()));
8784 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8785 current style settings. */
8788 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8789 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8795 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8796 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8800 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8801 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8802 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8803 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8806 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8807 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8808 event_location_up
&&location
,
8809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8810 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8811 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8812 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8813 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8814 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8815 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8816 int display_canonical
)
8820 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8822 int target_resources_ok
;
8824 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8825 target_resources_ok
=
8826 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8828 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8829 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8830 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8831 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8834 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8836 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8838 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8842 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8844 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8846 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8847 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8850 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8852 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8856 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8857 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8858 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8859 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8860 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8862 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8863 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8865 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8867 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8868 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8870 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8872 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8873 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8875 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8878 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8880 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8882 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8884 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8886 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8888 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8890 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8892 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8894 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8897 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8898 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8905 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8906 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8912 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8914 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8915 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8917 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8920 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8921 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8922 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8924 if (b
->extra_string
)
8925 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8927 error (_("Format string required"));
8929 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8930 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8933 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8934 if (location
!= NULL
)
8935 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8937 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8938 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8942 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8943 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8944 event_location_up
&&location
,
8945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8946 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8947 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8948 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8949 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8950 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8951 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8952 int display_canonical
)
8954 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8956 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8957 sals
, std::move (location
),
8959 std::move (cond_string
),
8960 std::move (extra_string
),
8962 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8964 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8967 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8970 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8971 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8972 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8973 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8974 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8975 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8976 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8977 we take just a single condition string.
8979 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8980 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8981 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8982 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8983 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8986 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8987 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8988 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8989 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8990 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8991 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8992 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8993 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8995 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8996 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8998 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9000 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9001 'break', without arguments. */
9002 event_location_up location
9003 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9004 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9005 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9006 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9008 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9009 std::move (location
),
9010 std::move (filter_string
),
9011 std::move (cond_string
),
9012 std::move (extra_string
),
9014 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9015 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9016 canonical
->special_display
);
9020 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9021 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9022 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9023 linespec locations).
9025 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9026 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9029 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9030 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9032 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9034 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9036 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9040 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9041 breakpoint address. */
9042 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9044 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9045 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9046 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9047 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9048 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9049 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9050 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9052 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9054 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9055 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9056 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9057 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9058 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9060 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9062 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9064 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9066 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9070 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9074 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9075 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9076 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9077 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9079 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9080 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9081 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9082 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9084 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9086 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9087 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9091 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9094 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9095 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9096 get_last_displayed_line (),
9097 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9102 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9103 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9107 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9108 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9111 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9113 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9114 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9117 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9118 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9119 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9120 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9121 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9125 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9126 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9128 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9130 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9132 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9133 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9134 associated with SAL. */
9138 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9139 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9140 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9144 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9145 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9146 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9147 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9148 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9149 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9152 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9153 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9156 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9163 const char *end_tok
;
9165 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9166 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9168 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9170 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9172 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9176 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9178 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9180 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9182 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9183 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9185 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9187 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9190 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9193 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9195 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9196 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9199 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9204 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9206 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9207 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9208 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9213 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9217 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9221 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9223 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9224 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9226 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9229 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9231 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9233 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9235 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9236 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9237 if (markers
.empty ())
9238 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9239 marker_str
.c_str ());
9241 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9242 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9244 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9246 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9247 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9248 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9255 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9258 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9259 const struct event_location
*location
,
9260 const char *cond_string
,
9261 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9263 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9265 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9266 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9267 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9270 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9271 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9274 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9276 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9278 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9279 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9280 extra_string
= NULL
;
9284 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9286 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9288 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9290 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9292 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9295 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9296 throw_exception (e
);
9298 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9300 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9301 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9302 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9303 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9304 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9307 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9308 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9309 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9310 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9314 throw_exception (e
);
9318 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9321 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9322 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9323 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9324 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9325 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9327 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9328 are ok for the target. */
9331 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9332 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9335 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9336 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9338 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9339 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9342 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9343 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9347 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9348 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9355 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9357 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9358 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9359 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9360 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9362 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9363 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9364 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9365 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9369 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9370 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9371 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9373 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9375 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9376 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9378 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9381 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9382 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9383 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9385 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9386 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9387 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9391 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9393 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9394 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9397 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9400 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9401 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9405 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9406 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9407 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9408 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9409 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9410 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9411 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9412 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9413 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9415 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9418 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9420 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9421 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9422 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9425 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9427 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9429 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9435 /* Set a breakpoint.
9436 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9437 condition, and thread.
9438 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9439 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9443 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9445 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9446 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9447 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9449 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9451 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9453 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9454 if (location
!= NULL
9455 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9456 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9458 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9460 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9462 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9463 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9464 0 /* Ignore count */,
9465 pending_break_support
,
9473 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9476 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9480 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9482 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9483 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9484 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9487 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9488 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9489 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9490 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9493 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9495 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9496 const struct block
*b
;
9499 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9500 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9503 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9506 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9507 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9512 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9513 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9514 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9515 happen in assembly source). */
9517 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9518 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9520 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9522 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9529 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9531 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9535 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9537 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9541 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9543 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9547 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9549 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9553 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9555 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9556 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9557 stop at <line>\n"));
9561 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9565 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9567 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9569 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9572 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9573 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9574 function/method name. */
9575 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9577 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9582 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9584 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9588 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9590 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9594 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9598 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9602 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9605 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9606 it is probably a line number. */
9607 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9609 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9614 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9616 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9620 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9622 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9625 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9626 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9627 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9631 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9633 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9635 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9636 the next character must be ','. */
9639 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9640 error (_("Format string required"));
9643 /* Skip the comma. */
9648 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9650 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9652 0 /* Ignore count */,
9653 pending_break_support
,
9654 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9662 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9664 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9667 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9668 ranged breakpoints. */
9671 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9672 const address_space
*aspace
,
9674 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9676 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9677 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9680 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9681 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9684 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9685 ranged breakpoints. */
9688 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9690 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9693 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9694 ranged breakpoints. */
9696 static enum print_stop_action
9697 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9699 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9700 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9701 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9703 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9705 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9706 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9708 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9710 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9712 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9713 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9715 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9716 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9718 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9719 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9720 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9722 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9725 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9728 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9729 ranged breakpoints. */
9732 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9733 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9735 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9736 struct value_print_options opts
;
9737 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9739 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9740 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9742 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9744 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9745 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9746 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9747 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9749 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9753 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9754 ranged breakpoints. */
9757 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9758 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9760 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9761 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9766 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9767 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9769 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9770 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9771 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9772 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9773 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9777 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9778 ranged breakpoints. */
9781 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9783 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9784 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9787 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9789 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9790 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9791 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9794 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9795 ranged breakpoints. */
9798 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9801 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9802 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9803 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9808 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9810 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9811 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9812 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9813 last instruction of the given line. */
9816 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9820 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9821 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9822 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9829 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9831 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9833 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9840 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9843 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9845 const char *arg_start
;
9846 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9847 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9849 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9851 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9852 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9853 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9855 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9856 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9857 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9860 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9862 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9863 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9864 error(_("No address range specified."));
9867 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9869 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9872 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9873 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9874 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9876 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9878 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9879 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9880 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9882 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9883 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9885 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9886 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9888 /* Parse the end location. */
9892 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9893 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9894 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9895 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9896 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9897 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9899 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9900 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9901 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9903 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9904 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9906 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9907 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9908 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9909 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9911 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9913 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9914 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9915 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9917 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9919 /* Length overflowed. */
9920 error (_("Address range too large."));
9921 else if (length
== 1)
9923 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9924 the `hbreak' command. */
9925 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9930 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9931 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9932 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9933 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9934 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9935 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9936 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9937 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9938 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9941 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9942 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9945 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9946 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9947 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9951 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9959 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9960 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9963 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9973 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9974 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9975 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9976 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9977 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9979 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10005 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10008 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10009 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10014 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10015 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10016 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10017 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10018 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10019 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10020 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10022 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10023 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10028 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10030 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10031 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10032 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10033 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10035 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10036 are always constant. */
10038 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10040 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10041 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10042 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10047 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10048 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10049 then it is not a constant. */
10058 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10060 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10062 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10063 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10066 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10069 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10071 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10073 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10074 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10076 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10077 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10078 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10079 are loaded and unloaded.
10081 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10082 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10083 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10084 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10085 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10086 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10088 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10089 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10090 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10091 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10093 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10094 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10096 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10097 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10098 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10101 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10104 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10106 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10107 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10109 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10110 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10113 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10116 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10118 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10119 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10121 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10122 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10126 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10127 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10128 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10130 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10131 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10133 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10134 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10135 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10136 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10137 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10138 (did not match the data address). */
10139 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10140 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10147 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10149 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10151 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10154 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10155 hardware watchpoints. */
10158 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10160 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10161 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10163 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10166 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10167 hardware watchpoints. */
10170 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10172 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10173 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10176 static enum print_stop_action
10177 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10179 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10180 enum print_stop_action result
;
10181 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10182 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10184 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10186 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10187 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10189 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10190 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10194 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10197 case bp_watchpoint
:
10198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10199 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10200 uiout
->field_string
10201 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10203 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10204 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10205 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10206 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10207 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10208 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10209 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10210 uiout
->text ("\n");
10211 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10212 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10215 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10216 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10217 uiout
->field_string
10218 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10220 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10221 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10222 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10223 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10224 uiout
->text ("\n");
10225 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10228 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10229 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10231 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10232 uiout
->field_string
10234 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10236 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10237 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10238 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10239 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10240 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10245 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10246 uiout
->field_string
10248 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10249 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10250 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10252 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10253 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10254 uiout
->text ("\n");
10255 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10258 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10264 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10268 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10270 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10271 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10272 const char *tuple_name
;
10276 case bp_watchpoint
:
10277 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10278 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10280 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10281 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10282 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10284 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10285 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10286 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10288 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10289 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10290 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10293 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10294 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10297 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10298 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10299 uiout
->text (": ");
10300 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10303 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10307 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10309 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10313 case bp_watchpoint
:
10314 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10317 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10318 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10320 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10324 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10325 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10328 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10329 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10332 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10336 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10338 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10339 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10340 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10346 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10348 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10350 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10351 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10354 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10356 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10358 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10359 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10362 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10363 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10366 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10368 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10370 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10371 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10374 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10380 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10382 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10385 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10386 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10389 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10394 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10395 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10397 static enum print_stop_action
10398 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10400 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10401 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10403 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10404 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10406 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10407 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10411 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10412 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10413 uiout
->field_string
10414 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10417 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10418 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10419 uiout
->field_string
10420 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10423 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10424 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10425 uiout
->field_string
10427 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10430 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10431 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10435 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10436 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10437 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10438 uiout
->text ("\n");
10440 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10441 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10444 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10445 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10448 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10449 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10451 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10453 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10454 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10456 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10457 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10458 uiout
->text ("\n");
10461 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10465 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10467 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10468 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10469 const char *tuple_name
;
10473 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10474 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10475 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10477 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10478 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10479 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10481 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10482 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10483 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10486 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10487 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10490 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10491 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10492 uiout
->text (": ");
10493 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10496 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10497 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10500 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10502 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10507 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10510 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10513 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10517 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10518 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10521 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10523 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10526 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10528 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10530 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10533 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10535 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10538 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10539 hw_read: watch read,
10540 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10542 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10543 int just_location
, int internal
)
10545 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10546 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10547 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10548 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10549 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10550 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10551 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10553 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10554 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10555 enum bptype bp_type
;
10558 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10559 the hardware watchpoint. */
10561 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10563 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10564 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10566 const char *value_start
;
10568 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10570 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10571 of the arguments string. */
10572 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10574 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10575 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10578 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10579 This is the value of the parameter. */
10580 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10582 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10584 /* Skip whitespace. */
10585 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10590 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10591 This is the parameter itself. */
10592 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10595 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10597 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10599 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10600 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10601 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10602 only in a specific thread. */
10606 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10608 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10609 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10611 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10612 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10613 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10615 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10617 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10619 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10620 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10622 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10625 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10627 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10629 mark
= value_mark ();
10630 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10631 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10632 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10635 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10638 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10639 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10646 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10647 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10649 innermost_block
.reset ();
10650 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10651 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10652 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10654 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10655 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10657 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10660 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10661 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10665 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10666 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10668 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10671 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10672 mark
= value_mark ();
10673 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10674 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10677 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10679 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10680 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10688 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10689 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10690 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10694 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10697 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10698 else if (ret
== -2)
10699 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10702 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10703 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10705 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10706 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10708 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10709 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10711 innermost_block
.reset ();
10712 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10713 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10715 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10716 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10717 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10722 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10724 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10726 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10728 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10730 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10731 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10732 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10733 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10734 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10736 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10738 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10740 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10741 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10744 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10745 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10746 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10748 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10751 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10753 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10754 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10756 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10757 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10759 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10760 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10761 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10762 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10763 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10764 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10765 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10769 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10770 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10771 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10772 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10774 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10775 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10776 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10777 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10779 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10781 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10784 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10785 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10787 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10788 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10789 w
->thread
= thread
;
10790 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10791 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10792 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10793 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10794 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10797 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10798 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10800 w
->exp_string_reparse
10801 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10803 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10804 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10807 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10811 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10816 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10817 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10822 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10824 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10826 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10828 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10829 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10833 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10834 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10837 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10839 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10840 need to act on them together. */
10841 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10842 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10845 if (!just_location
)
10846 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10848 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10849 that should be inserted. */
10850 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10852 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10855 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10856 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10859 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10861 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10863 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10864 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10867 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10868 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10870 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10871 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10872 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10873 hardware watchpoint.
10875 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10876 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10877 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10878 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10879 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10880 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10881 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10882 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10883 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10885 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10886 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10887 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10888 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10889 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10891 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10893 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10895 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10896 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10897 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10898 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10899 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10900 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10904 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10905 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10906 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10908 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10909 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10910 middle of some value chain. */
10912 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10913 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10915 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10919 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10920 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10921 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10923 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10927 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10931 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10932 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10933 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10934 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10935 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10938 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10939 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10940 return found_memory_cnt
;
10944 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10946 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10949 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10950 calls watch_command_1. */
10953 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10955 int just_location
= 0;
10958 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10959 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10961 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10965 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10969 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10971 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10975 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10977 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10981 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10983 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10987 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10989 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10993 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10995 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10999 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11000 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11003 struct until_break_fsm
11005 /* The base class. */
11006 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11008 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11011 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11012 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11014 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11016 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11019 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11020 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11021 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11022 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11023 static enum async_reply_reason
11024 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11026 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11028 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11031 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11032 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11033 NULL
, /* return_value */
11034 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11037 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11039 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11040 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11041 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11042 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11044 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11046 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11047 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11049 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11050 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11051 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11056 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11057 until(location)/advance commands. */
11060 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11061 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11063 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11065 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11066 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11067 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11068 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11069 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11070 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11075 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11076 until(location)/advance commands. */
11079 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11080 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11082 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11084 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11085 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11087 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11088 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11090 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11092 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11093 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11095 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11098 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11099 until(location)/advance commands. */
11101 static enum async_reply_reason
11102 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11104 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11108 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11110 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11111 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11112 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11113 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11114 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11116 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11117 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11119 clear_proceed_status (0);
11121 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11124 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11126 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11127 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11128 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11129 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11130 get_last_displayed_line ())
11131 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11132 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11134 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11135 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11137 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11140 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11142 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11144 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11145 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11147 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11149 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11150 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11151 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11154 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11155 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11156 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11157 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11159 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11162 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11163 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11165 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11166 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11168 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11169 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11170 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11171 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11176 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11177 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11180 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11183 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11185 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11186 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11187 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11188 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11190 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11191 only at the very same frame. */
11192 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11193 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11195 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11196 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11197 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11198 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11200 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11202 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11205 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11206 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11208 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11209 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11210 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11211 if clause in the arg string. */
11214 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11216 const char *cond_string
;
11218 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11221 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11224 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11225 condition string. */
11226 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11227 cond_string
= *arg
;
11229 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11231 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11233 return cond_string
;
11236 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11237 process start/exit, etc. */
11241 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11242 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11247 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11248 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11250 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11251 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11252 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11255 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11256 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11257 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11261 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11263 /* The allowed syntax is:
11265 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11267 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11268 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11270 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11271 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11273 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11274 and enable reporting of such events. */
11277 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11278 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11279 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11280 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11282 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11283 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11284 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11285 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11288 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11294 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11295 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11297 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11299 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11301 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11305 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11307 /* The allowed syntax is:
11309 catch exec if <cond>
11311 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11312 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11314 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11315 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11317 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11318 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11319 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11320 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11322 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11326 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11327 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11328 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11329 const char *addr_string
,
11330 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11337 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11339 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11341 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11342 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11343 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11344 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11345 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11346 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11347 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11348 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11349 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11350 enough for now, though. */
11353 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11355 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11356 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11357 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11358 language_def (language_ada
));
11359 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11363 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11365 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11370 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11372 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11375 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11378 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11380 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11381 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11383 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11385 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11388 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11392 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11395 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11398 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11400 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11403 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11404 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11405 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11409 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11410 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11411 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11413 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11417 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11418 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11419 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11420 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11421 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11422 error (_("No source file specified."));
11428 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11429 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11430 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11431 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11433 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11434 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11435 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11436 due to optimization, all in one block.
11438 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11439 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11440 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11441 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11442 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11443 to support that. */
11445 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11446 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11447 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11450 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11451 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11453 const char *sal_fullname
;
11455 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11456 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11457 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11460 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11465 1 0 <can't happen> */
11467 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11468 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11470 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11471 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11474 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11475 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11477 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11478 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11480 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11481 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11482 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11484 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11485 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11486 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11487 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11488 int line_match
= 0;
11490 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11491 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11492 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11493 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11494 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11495 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11496 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11499 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11508 found
.push_back (b
);
11512 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11513 if (found
.empty ())
11516 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11518 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11521 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11522 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11523 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11525 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11527 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11528 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11530 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11534 if (found
.size () > 1)
11535 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11538 if (found
.size () == 1)
11539 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11541 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11544 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11547 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11548 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11551 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11554 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11555 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11556 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11559 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11561 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11563 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11564 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11565 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11567 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11571 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11572 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11576 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11577 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11578 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11579 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11580 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11581 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11584 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11586 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11587 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11589 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11590 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11592 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11593 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11596 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11597 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11598 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11600 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11601 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11602 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11604 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11605 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11606 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11608 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11609 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11610 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11612 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11615 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11616 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11617 content of the bp_locations array. */
11620 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11622 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11624 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11625 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11627 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11629 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11631 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11634 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11635 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11637 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11638 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11639 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11640 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11642 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11644 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11645 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11646 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11647 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11651 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11654 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11656 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11657 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11659 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11661 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11663 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11664 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11665 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11667 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11668 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11669 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11672 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11674 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11675 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11677 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11680 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11683 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11685 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11686 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11687 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11688 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11691 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11693 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11696 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11698 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11699 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11700 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11701 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11705 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11708 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11710 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11711 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11712 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11713 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11715 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11716 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11717 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11718 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11719 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11721 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11722 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11723 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11724 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11725 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11726 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11727 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11728 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11731 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11732 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11733 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11737 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11739 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11740 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11741 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11744 address
= bl
->address
;
11745 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11747 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11748 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11749 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11751 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11752 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11755 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11756 the same program space as the location
11757 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11758 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11759 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11763 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11764 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11767 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11768 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11769 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11770 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11771 that have already been marked. */
11772 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11774 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11776 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11779 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11780 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11781 locations are duplicate of which.
11783 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11784 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11788 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11790 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11791 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11792 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11793 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11794 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11795 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11797 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11798 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11799 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11800 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11801 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11803 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11804 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11805 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11806 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11808 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11809 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11810 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11811 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11812 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11814 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11815 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11816 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11818 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11820 bp_locations_count
++;
11822 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11823 locp
= bp_locations
;
11824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11825 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11827 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11828 bp_locations_compare
);
11830 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11832 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11833 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11834 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11835 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11836 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11839 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11840 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11842 locp
= bp_locations
;
11843 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11844 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11847 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11848 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11850 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11851 not, we have to free it. */
11852 int found_object
= 0;
11853 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11854 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11857 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11858 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11859 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11860 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11864 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11865 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11868 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11869 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11870 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11872 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11873 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11874 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11876 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11877 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11880 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11884 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11885 have to go through updates again. */
11886 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11888 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11890 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11892 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11893 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11894 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11895 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11896 at certain location is not inserted. */
11898 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11900 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11903 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11905 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11906 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11907 keep_in_target
= 1;
11911 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11912 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11913 remove its target-side condition. */
11915 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11916 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11917 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11918 this one from the target. */
11920 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11921 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11924 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11925 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11928 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11930 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11932 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11933 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11934 supported, but the latter are. */
11935 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11937 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11938 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11941 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11942 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11944 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11945 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11947 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11948 keep_in_target
= 1;
11956 if (!keep_in_target
)
11958 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11960 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11961 this location on the global list, and try to
11962 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11963 reason why we will succeed next time.
11965 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11966 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11967 only after calling us. */
11968 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11969 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11970 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11978 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11979 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11981 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11982 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11983 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11984 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11985 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11986 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11987 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11988 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11989 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11990 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11991 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11992 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11993 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11994 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11997 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11998 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12000 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12001 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12002 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12003 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12004 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12005 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12006 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12007 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12008 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12009 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12010 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12011 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12012 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12015 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12016 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12017 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12018 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12020 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12021 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12022 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12023 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12024 traps we can no longer explain. */
12026 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12027 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12029 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12033 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12034 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12039 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12040 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12041 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12042 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12043 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12044 are sorted first for the same address.
12046 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12047 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12049 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12050 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12051 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12052 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12053 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12055 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12057 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12060 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12061 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12062 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12063 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12064 `struct bp_location'. */
12065 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12067 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12068 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12072 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12073 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12074 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12075 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12076 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12077 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12079 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12081 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12082 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12083 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12085 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12086 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12088 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12090 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12091 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12092 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12098 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12099 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12100 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12102 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12103 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12105 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12106 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12109 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12111 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12112 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12115 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12116 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12117 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12118 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12119 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12121 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12125 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12126 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12130 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12132 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12135 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12136 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12138 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12139 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12145 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12150 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12152 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12158 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12161 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12165 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12166 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12168 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12169 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12170 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12174 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12176 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12178 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12180 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12184 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12188 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12190 struct value_print_options opts
;
12192 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12194 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12196 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12198 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12199 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12200 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12201 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12203 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12204 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12206 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12208 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12209 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12214 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12215 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12221 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12223 printf_filtered (" at ");
12224 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12227 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12229 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12231 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12232 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12233 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12234 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12236 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12237 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12238 real situation somewhat. */
12239 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12240 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12245 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12247 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12249 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12254 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12257 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12259 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12262 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12267 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12269 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12271 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12272 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12273 xfree (this->filter
);
12276 static struct bp_location
*
12277 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12279 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12283 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12285 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12288 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12289 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12292 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12294 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12298 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12299 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12301 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12305 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12306 const address_space
*aspace
,
12308 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12310 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12314 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12319 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12323 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12325 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12328 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12332 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12334 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12337 static enum print_stop_action
12338 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12340 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12344 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12345 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12351 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12353 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12357 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12359 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12363 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12364 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12365 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12366 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12368 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12372 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12373 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12374 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12375 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12376 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12377 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12379 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12380 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12381 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12382 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12384 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12387 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12388 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12389 const struct event_location
*location
,
12390 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12392 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12395 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12398 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12403 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12406 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12408 /* Nothing to do. */
12411 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12413 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12414 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12415 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12416 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12417 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12418 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12419 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12420 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12421 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12423 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12424 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12425 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12426 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12427 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12428 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12429 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12430 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12433 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12436 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12438 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12439 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12441 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12442 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12446 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12450 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12452 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12454 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12455 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12457 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12458 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12460 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12464 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12466 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12467 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12469 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12473 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12474 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12475 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12477 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12478 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12481 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12485 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12486 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12487 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12494 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12495 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12496 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12498 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12499 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12501 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12502 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12503 be set at the same address. */
12507 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12511 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12513 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12518 static enum print_stop_action
12519 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12521 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12522 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12524 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12526 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12528 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12529 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12531 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12532 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12533 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12536 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12537 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12540 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12542 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12543 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12545 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12547 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12549 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12550 uiout
->text (", ");
12552 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12556 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12558 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12563 case bp_breakpoint
:
12564 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12565 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12566 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12568 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12569 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12570 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12571 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12573 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12574 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12577 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12585 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12587 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12589 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12590 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12591 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12592 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12593 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12594 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12597 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12598 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12601 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12603 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12604 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12605 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12608 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12612 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12613 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12614 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12616 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12620 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12621 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12622 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12623 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12624 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12625 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12627 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12628 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12629 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12630 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12632 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12633 std::move (cond_string
),
12634 std::move (extra_string
),
12636 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12637 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12638 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12641 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12642 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12643 const struct event_location
*location
,
12644 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12646 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12649 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12652 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12656 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12657 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12658 case bp_overlay_event
:
12659 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12660 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12661 case bp_exception_master
:
12662 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12665 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12666 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12667 case bp_shlib_event
:
12669 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12670 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12671 case bp_thread_event
:
12677 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12679 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12681 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12682 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12683 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12684 objects (among other things). */
12685 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12686 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12692 static enum print_stop_action
12693 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12697 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12701 case bp_shlib_event
:
12702 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12703 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12704 to shlib event" message.) */
12705 print_solib_event (0);
12708 case bp_thread_event
:
12709 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12710 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12711 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12714 case bp_overlay_event
:
12715 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12716 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12719 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12720 /* These should never be enabled. */
12721 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12724 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12725 /* These should never be enabled. */
12726 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12727 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12730 case bp_exception_master
:
12731 /* These should never be enabled. */
12732 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12733 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12737 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12741 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12743 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12746 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12749 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12751 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12752 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12753 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12754 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12758 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12760 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12763 static enum print_stop_action
12764 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12766 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12770 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12772 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12775 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12777 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12778 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12780 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12782 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12785 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12788 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12791 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12793 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12797 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12799 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12806 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12807 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12809 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12810 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12812 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12816 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12817 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12818 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12820 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12822 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12824 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12825 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12828 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12829 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12830 const struct event_location
*location
,
12831 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12833 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12835 error (_("probe not found"));
12839 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12842 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12844 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12848 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12849 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12850 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12852 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12858 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12859 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12861 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12862 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12864 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12866 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12867 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12868 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12869 uiout
->text ("\n");
12874 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12876 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12881 case bp_tracepoint
:
12882 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12883 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12885 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12886 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12887 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12889 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12890 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12891 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12894 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12895 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12902 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12904 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12906 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12907 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12908 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12910 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12913 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12914 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12917 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12918 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12920 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12925 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12926 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12927 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12929 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12933 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12934 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12935 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12936 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12937 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12938 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12940 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12941 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12942 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12943 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12945 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12946 std::move (cond_string
),
12947 std::move (extra_string
),
12949 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12950 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12951 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12954 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12955 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12956 const struct event_location
*location
,
12957 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12959 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12962 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12964 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12968 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12969 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12970 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12971 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12973 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12974 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12977 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12978 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12979 const struct event_location
*location
,
12980 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12982 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12983 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12986 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12988 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12991 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12993 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12995 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12996 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12998 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12999 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13000 3 - disconnect from target 1
13001 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13003 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13004 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13005 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13006 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13007 it all the time. */
13008 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13009 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13012 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13015 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13017 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13018 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13020 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13023 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13026 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13027 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13028 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13029 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13030 address are all handled. */
13033 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13035 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13036 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13038 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13039 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13040 condition not be evaluated. */
13043 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13044 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13045 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13046 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13047 commands here throws. */
13048 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13049 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13051 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13053 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13054 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13058 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13062 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13063 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13064 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13066 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13067 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13069 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13070 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13072 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13073 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13074 canonical
->location
13075 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13078 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13079 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13083 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13084 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13085 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13086 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13087 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13088 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13090 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13091 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13092 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13093 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13095 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13097 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13098 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13099 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13100 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13101 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13102 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13104 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13106 event_location_up location
13107 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13109 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13110 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13111 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13112 std::move (cond_string
),
13113 std::move (extra_string
),
13114 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13115 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13116 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13117 canonical
->special_display
);
13118 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13119 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13120 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13121 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13122 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13123 corresponds to this one */
13124 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13126 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13130 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13131 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13132 const struct event_location
*location
,
13133 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13135 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13136 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13138 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13139 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13141 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13146 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13149 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13152 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13154 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13157 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13161 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13163 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13165 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13167 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13168 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13171 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13172 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13173 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13174 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13175 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13178 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13179 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13180 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13181 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13183 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13186 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13187 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13188 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13190 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13191 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13193 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13194 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13195 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13196 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13200 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13202 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13203 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13204 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13205 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13206 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13209 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13210 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13211 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13212 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13214 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13216 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13217 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13219 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13220 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13222 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13226 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13228 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13229 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13230 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13231 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13232 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13233 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13234 commands won't work. */
13236 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13238 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13239 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13240 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13241 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13242 might be better design to have location completely
13243 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13244 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13246 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13247 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13248 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13252 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13253 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13256 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13257 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13259 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13264 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13266 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13267 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13269 if (next
== related
)
13271 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13272 function (related
);
13274 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13275 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13280 function (related
);
13284 while (related
!= b
);
13288 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13290 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13296 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13298 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13299 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13300 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13302 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13304 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13308 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13310 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13313 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13314 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13318 map_breakpoint_numbers
13319 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13321 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13325 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13326 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13330 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13332 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13334 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13335 if ((pspace
== NULL
13336 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13337 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13338 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13343 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13344 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13345 Null names are ignored. */
13348 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13350 struct bp_location
*l
;
13351 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13354 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13357 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13359 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13363 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13365 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13369 htab_delete (htab
);
13375 htab_delete (htab
);
13379 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13380 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13381 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13382 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13383 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13384 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13385 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13386 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13389 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13390 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13391 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13392 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13393 in the sources, and output a warning.
13395 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13396 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13397 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13398 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13399 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13402 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13403 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13404 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13405 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13406 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13407 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13408 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13409 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13410 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13412 static struct symtab_and_line
13413 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13415 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13416 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13421 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13423 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13425 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13426 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13427 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13428 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13430 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13435 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13437 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13439 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13440 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13442 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13443 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13444 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13446 if (!markers
.empty ())
13448 struct symbol
*sym
;
13449 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13450 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13451 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13453 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13455 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13457 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13458 "found at previous line number"),
13459 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13461 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13462 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13463 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13466 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13467 uiout
->text (" at ");
13469 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13470 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13473 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13475 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13477 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13480 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13481 uiout
->text ("\n");
13483 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13484 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13486 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13487 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13488 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13489 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13490 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13491 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13492 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13494 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13501 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13502 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13505 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13509 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13512 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13515 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13522 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13528 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13529 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13530 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13532 static struct bp_location
*
13533 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13535 struct bp_location head
;
13536 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13537 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13538 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13540 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13551 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13566 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13567 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13568 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13569 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13573 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13574 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13575 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13576 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13578 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13580 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13582 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13584 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13585 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13586 "multiple locations found\n"),
13591 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13592 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13593 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13594 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13595 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13596 individual locations. */
13597 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13600 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13602 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13604 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13606 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13608 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13610 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13612 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13616 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13619 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13620 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13623 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13625 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13626 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13627 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13628 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13633 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13635 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13637 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13641 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13644 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13645 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13646 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13647 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13648 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13649 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13650 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13652 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13654 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13656 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13657 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13659 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13660 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13668 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13669 if (l
->function_name
13670 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13680 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13681 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13684 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13685 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13687 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13688 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13689 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13691 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13693 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13695 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13699 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13701 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13703 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13707 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13708 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13709 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13710 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13711 state, then user already saw the message about that
13712 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13714 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13715 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13717 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13718 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13719 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13720 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13721 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13722 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13724 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13726 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13727 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13728 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13729 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13730 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13731 which approach is better. */
13732 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13733 throw_exception (e
);
13738 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13740 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13741 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13742 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13744 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13747 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13748 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13750 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13752 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13753 b
->thread
= thread
;
13757 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13758 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13760 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13763 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13764 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13774 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13775 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13779 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13781 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13782 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13785 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13786 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13788 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13790 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13792 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13793 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13794 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13796 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13799 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13802 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13803 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13806 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13807 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13808 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13810 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13813 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13814 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13818 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13819 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13820 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13821 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13822 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13823 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13825 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13826 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13827 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13828 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13830 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13831 std::move (cond_string
),
13832 std::move (extra_string
),
13833 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13834 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13835 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13838 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13839 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13841 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13842 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13843 const struct event_location
*location
,
13844 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13846 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13848 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13849 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13850 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13853 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13854 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13856 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13858 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13859 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13864 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13867 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13869 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13870 set_language (b
->language
);
13872 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13875 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13876 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13879 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13881 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13884 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13885 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13886 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13888 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13889 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13890 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13891 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13893 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13897 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13899 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13901 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13902 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13908 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13911 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13912 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13913 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13914 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13916 /* Now we can insert. */
13917 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13920 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13922 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13923 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13925 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13927 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13929 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13930 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13932 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13933 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13934 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13936 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13940 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13941 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13942 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13945 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13947 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13952 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13953 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13955 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13957 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13958 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13963 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13967 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13968 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13970 else if (count
== 1)
13971 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13974 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13975 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13978 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13982 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13985 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13988 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13990 const char *p
= args
;
13994 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13996 num
= get_number (&p
);
13998 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14000 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14002 set_ignore_count (num
,
14003 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14006 printf_filtered ("\n");
14010 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14011 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14014 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14015 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14017 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14019 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14020 bp_num_range
.first
);
14024 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14026 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14028 bool match
= false;
14030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14031 if (b
->number
== i
)
14038 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14043 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14047 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14048 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14050 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14051 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14053 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14055 while (!parser
.finished ())
14057 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14058 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14062 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14063 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14065 static struct bp_location
*
14066 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14068 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14071 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14076 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14077 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14080 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14083 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14084 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14087 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14090 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14091 enum class extract_bp_kind
14093 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14096 /* Extracting a location number. */
14100 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14101 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14102 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14103 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14104 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14107 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14108 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14110 const char *end
= start
;
14111 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14113 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14114 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14115 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14116 int (end
- start
), start
);
14118 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14119 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14120 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14121 int (end
- start
), start
);
14123 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14128 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14129 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14130 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14131 are always positive integers. */
14133 static std::pair
<int, int>
14134 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14135 const std::string
&arg
,
14136 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14138 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14139 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14140 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14141 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14143 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14144 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14145 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14146 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14147 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14151 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14152 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14153 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14154 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14156 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14157 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14158 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14159 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14160 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14164 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14165 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14166 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14171 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14172 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14175 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14177 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14178 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14179 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14180 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14181 location number range.
14185 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14186 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14187 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14189 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14191 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14193 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14195 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14196 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14199 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14200 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14202 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14207 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14209 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14210 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14211 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14215 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14216 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14219 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14221 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14224 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14226 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14227 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14229 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14230 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14231 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14232 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14234 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14237 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14238 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14239 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14240 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14244 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14245 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14248 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14249 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14252 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14253 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14254 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14257 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14259 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14260 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14261 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14262 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14265 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14267 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14268 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14270 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14271 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14273 struct bp_location
*location
;
14275 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14276 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14279 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14281 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14284 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14285 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14286 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14287 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14290 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14294 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14297 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14300 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14302 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14307 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14309 while (!num
.empty ())
14311 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14313 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14315 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14316 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14318 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14319 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14321 ? enable_breakpoint
14322 : disable_breakpoint
);
14326 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14328 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14329 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14331 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14336 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14337 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14338 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14339 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14342 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14344 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14348 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14351 int target_resources_ok
;
14353 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14356 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14357 target_resources_ok
=
14358 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14360 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14361 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14362 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14363 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14366 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14368 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14369 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14373 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14375 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14376 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14377 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14379 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14381 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14382 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14389 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14391 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14392 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14394 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14395 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14397 struct bp_location
*location
;
14399 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14400 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14403 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14404 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14407 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14412 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14414 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14417 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14418 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14419 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14420 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14423 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14425 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14429 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14431 map_breakpoint_numbers
14432 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14434 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14435 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14437 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14443 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14448 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14450 count
= get_number (&args
);
14452 map_breakpoint_numbers
14453 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14455 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14456 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14458 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14464 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14466 map_breakpoint_numbers
14467 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14469 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14470 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14472 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14478 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14483 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14487 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14488 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14492 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14493 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14494 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14496 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14499 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14500 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14502 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14504 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14506 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14508 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14509 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14510 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14511 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14520 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14523 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14524 const address_space
*aspace
,
14527 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14528 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14529 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14531 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14533 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14534 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14537 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14539 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14540 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14541 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14543 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14546 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14549 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14551 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14552 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14554 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14556 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14558 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14559 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14561 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14562 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14570 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14573 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14574 const address_space
*aspace
,
14577 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14579 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14581 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14587 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14591 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14594 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14596 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14598 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14599 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14605 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14607 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14609 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14611 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14612 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14616 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14618 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14620 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14622 if (location
!= NULL
14623 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14624 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14626 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14628 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14630 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14632 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14633 0 /* Ignore count */,
14634 pending_break_support
,
14638 0 /* internal */, 0);
14642 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14644 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14646 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14648 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14650 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14651 0 /* Ignore count */,
14652 pending_break_support
,
14653 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14656 0 /* internal */, 0);
14659 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14662 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14664 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14665 event_location_up location
;
14667 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14668 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14669 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14671 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14672 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14676 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14677 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14680 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14682 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14684 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14685 0 /* Ignore count */,
14686 pending_break_support
,
14690 0 /* internal */, 0);
14693 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14694 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14696 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14697 static int next_cmd
;
14700 read_uploaded_action (void)
14702 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14704 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14706 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14713 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14714 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14715 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14716 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14717 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14719 struct tracepoint
*
14720 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14722 const char *addr_str
;
14723 char small_buf
[100];
14724 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14726 if (utp
->at_string
)
14727 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14730 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14731 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14732 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14734 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14735 "source location, using raw address"),
14737 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14738 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14741 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14742 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14743 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14744 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14747 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14749 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14751 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14752 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14754 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14755 0 /* Ignore count */,
14756 pending_break_support
,
14757 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14759 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14761 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14764 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14765 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14766 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14770 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14773 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14776 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14777 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14778 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14780 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14782 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14787 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14789 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14791 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14792 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14793 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14794 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14797 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14798 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14799 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14804 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14808 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14813 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14815 if (num_printed
== 0)
14817 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14818 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14820 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14823 default_collect_info ();
14826 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14827 Not supported by all targets. */
14829 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14834 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14835 Not supported by all targets. */
14837 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14839 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14842 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14844 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14846 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14852 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14854 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14855 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14856 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14858 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14859 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14861 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14865 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14867 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14870 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14871 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14875 map_breakpoint_numbers
14876 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14878 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14882 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14885 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14887 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14888 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14890 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14891 tp
->number
, count
);
14894 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14896 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14897 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14898 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14901 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14903 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14906 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14907 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14908 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14910 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14912 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14913 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14915 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14917 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14919 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14921 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14923 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14924 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14927 else if (*args
== '\0')
14929 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14931 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14935 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14936 while (!parser
.finished ())
14938 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14940 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14945 struct tracepoint
*
14946 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14948 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14950 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14951 if (t
->number
== num
)
14952 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14957 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14958 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14961 struct tracepoint
*
14962 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14964 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14966 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14968 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14970 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14977 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14978 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14979 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14980 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14982 struct tracepoint
*
14983 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14984 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14986 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14988 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14990 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14992 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14993 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14995 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14996 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14998 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15002 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15003 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15006 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15010 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15011 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15013 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15016 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15021 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15023 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15027 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15032 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15033 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15034 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15038 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15039 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15041 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15043 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15045 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15046 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15048 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15051 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15052 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15055 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15056 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15061 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15063 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15065 /* We can stop searching. */
15072 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15076 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15080 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15081 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15082 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15084 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15085 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15089 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15090 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15093 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15094 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15097 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15099 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15100 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15103 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15104 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15106 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15107 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15109 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15111 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15113 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15116 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15118 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15120 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15121 throw_exception (ex
);
15125 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15126 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15129 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15130 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15132 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15133 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15134 special, and not user visible. */
15135 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15137 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15140 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15142 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15146 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15147 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15150 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15153 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15156 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15158 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15161 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15164 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15166 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15169 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15171 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15172 all_tracepoints (void)
15174 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15175 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15177 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15179 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15186 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15187 locations used by several commands. */
15189 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15190 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15191 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15192 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15193 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15194 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15196 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15197 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15198 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15200 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15201 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15202 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15203 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15204 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15206 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15207 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15208 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15209 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15210 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15211 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15213 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15214 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15215 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15218 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15219 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15220 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15221 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15222 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15223 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15224 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15227 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15228 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15230 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15231 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15232 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15233 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15234 conditions are different.\n\
15236 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15238 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15239 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15241 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15242 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15245 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15246 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15247 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15248 void *user_data_catch
,
15249 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15251 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15253 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15255 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15256 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15257 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15259 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15261 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15262 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15263 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15267 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15269 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15270 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15271 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15274 struct breakpoint
*
15275 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15278 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15282 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15289 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15290 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15293 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15295 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15296 non-inline function. */
15297 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15303 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15304 have been inlined. */
15307 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15308 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15310 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15311 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15315 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15318 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15320 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15321 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15329 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15332 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15334 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15337 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15338 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15342 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15344 static int initialized
= 0;
15346 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15353 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15354 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15355 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15357 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15358 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15359 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15360 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15361 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15362 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15363 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15365 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15366 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15369 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15370 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15371 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15372 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15374 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15375 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15377 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15378 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15379 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15380 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15381 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15382 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15383 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15385 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15386 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15388 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15389 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15390 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15391 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15393 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15394 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15395 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15396 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15397 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15398 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15399 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15401 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15402 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15403 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15404 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15405 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15406 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15407 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15410 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15411 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15412 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15413 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15414 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15415 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15416 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15417 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15418 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15419 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15420 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15421 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15422 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15424 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15425 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15426 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15427 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15428 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15429 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15430 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15431 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15432 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15433 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15434 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15437 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15440 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15441 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15442 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15443 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15444 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15445 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15446 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15448 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15449 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15451 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15452 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15454 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15455 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15456 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15457 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15458 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15459 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15461 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15462 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15463 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15464 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15465 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15466 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15467 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15468 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15469 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15470 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15472 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15473 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15474 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15475 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15476 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15477 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15478 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15479 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15480 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15481 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15483 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15484 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15485 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15487 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15488 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15489 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15490 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15491 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15492 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15494 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15495 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15496 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15497 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15498 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15499 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15500 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15501 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15502 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15503 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15504 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15506 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15507 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15508 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15509 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15510 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15511 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15512 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15513 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15514 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15517 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15519 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15522 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15524 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15526 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15528 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15529 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15530 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15532 breakpoint_objfile_key
15533 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15535 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15536 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15537 before a breakpoint is set. */
15538 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15540 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15542 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15543 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15544 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15546 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15547 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15548 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15549 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15551 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15552 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15553 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15554 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15555 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15557 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15558 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15559 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15560 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15561 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15563 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15564 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15565 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15566 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15567 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15569 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15570 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15572 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15573 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15574 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15575 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15577 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15578 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15580 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15581 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15582 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15583 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15585 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15586 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15588 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15589 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15590 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15591 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15592 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15593 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15594 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15596 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15598 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15599 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15600 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15601 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15602 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15603 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15605 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15606 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15607 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15610 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15611 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15612 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15615 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15616 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15617 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15618 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15621 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15622 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15623 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15626 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15627 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15628 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15631 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15632 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15633 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15634 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15637 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15638 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15639 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15640 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15641 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15642 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15643 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15644 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15646 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15647 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15648 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15649 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15650 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15651 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15654 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15655 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15656 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15657 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15659 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15660 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15661 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15662 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15663 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15665 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15666 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15667 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15668 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15669 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15672 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15673 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15674 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15676 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15677 is executing in.\n"
15678 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15679 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15680 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15682 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15683 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15684 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15685 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15687 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15688 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15689 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15690 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15694 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15695 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15696 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15697 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15698 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15699 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15700 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15701 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15702 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15703 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15704 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15705 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15706 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15707 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15708 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15709 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15711 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15712 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15713 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15714 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15715 breakpoint set."));
15718 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15719 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15720 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15721 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15722 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15723 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15724 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15725 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15726 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15728 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15729 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15730 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15731 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15732 breakpoint set."));
15734 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15736 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15737 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15738 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15739 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15740 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15741 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15742 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15743 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15744 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15745 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15746 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15747 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15748 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15750 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15751 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15752 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15753 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15755 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15757 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15758 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15759 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15760 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15762 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15763 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15764 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15765 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15767 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15768 catch_fork_command_1
,
15770 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15771 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15772 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15773 catch_fork_command_1
,
15775 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15776 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15777 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15778 catch_exec_command_1
,
15782 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15783 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15784 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15785 catch_load_command_1
,
15789 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15790 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15791 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15792 catch_unload_command_1
,
15797 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15798 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15799 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15800 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15801 an expression changes.\n\
15802 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15803 the memory to which it refers."));
15804 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15806 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15807 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15808 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15809 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15810 an expression is read.\n\
15811 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15812 the memory to which it refers."));
15813 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15815 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15816 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15817 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15818 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15819 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15820 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15821 the memory to which it refers."));
15822 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15824 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15825 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15827 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15828 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15829 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15830 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15831 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15832 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15833 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15834 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15835 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15838 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15839 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15841 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15843 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15845 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15846 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15848 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15849 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15850 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15852 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15853 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15854 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15855 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15857 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15858 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15860 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15861 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15862 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15864 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15865 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15867 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15868 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15869 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15870 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15871 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15872 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15873 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15874 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15875 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15877 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15878 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15879 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15880 conditions are different.\n\
15882 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15883 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15884 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15886 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15887 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15888 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15889 last tracepoint set."));
15891 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15893 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15894 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15895 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15896 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15898 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15900 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15901 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15902 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15903 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15905 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15907 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15908 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15909 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15910 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15912 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15914 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15915 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15916 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15917 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15918 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15920 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15921 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15922 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15923 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15925 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15926 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15927 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15928 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15929 session to restore them."),
15931 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15933 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15934 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15935 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15937 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15939 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15940 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15942 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15943 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15944 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15945 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15946 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15947 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15948 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15949 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15950 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15951 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15952 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15953 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15955 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15956 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15957 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15958 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15959 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15960 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15961 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15962 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15964 show_pending_break_support
,
15965 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15966 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15968 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15970 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15971 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15972 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15973 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15974 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15975 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15976 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15978 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15979 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15980 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15982 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15983 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15984 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15985 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15986 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15987 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15988 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15989 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15990 when execution stops."),
15992 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15993 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15994 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15996 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15997 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15998 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15999 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16000 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16001 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16002 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16003 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16004 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16005 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16006 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16007 be set to \"gdb\""),
16008 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16009 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16010 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16011 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16013 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16014 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16015 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16016 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16017 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16018 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16019 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16020 or the start of the range\n\
16021 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16022 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16023 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16025 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16026 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16027 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16029 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16030 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16031 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16032 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16033 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16034 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16036 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16037 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16038 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16039 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16040 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16041 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16042 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16043 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16044 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16045 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16046 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16047 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16049 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16050 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16051 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16052 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16053 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16054 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16055 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16057 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16058 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16059 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16060 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16061 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16062 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16063 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16065 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16066 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16067 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16068 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16069 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16070 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16073 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16075 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16076 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16077 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16079 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16081 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16082 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);